blob: d6c62ee9bd1dcd89fba555382b23398ab6d6a00e [file] [log] [blame]
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08009 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070010 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -080013 * Copyright 2015 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -080051#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070054/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -070063 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070078 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700176 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
177 *
178 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
179 *
180 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
181 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
182 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
183 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800184 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
185 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
186 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700187 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
188 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
189 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
190 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
191 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
192 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
193 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
194 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
196 *
197 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700198 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
199 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700200 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
202 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
203 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
204 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
205 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
206 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
208 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
210 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
211 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
212 *
213 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
214 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
215 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
217 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
219 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
220 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
221 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
222 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700223 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
224 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
225 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
226 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
227 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
229 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
230 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
231 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
232 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800233 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
234 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800236 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700238 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800239 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700240 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
241 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
242 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700243 *
244 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
246 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
247 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
249 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
251 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800252 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
253 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
254 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
255 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
256 * frame).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700257 *
258 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
259 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
262 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
265 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
266 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
267 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700268 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
269 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
271 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
272 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
273 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
274 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
275 *
276 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700277 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
278 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
279 * global regdomain will be returned.
280 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
281 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
282 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
283 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
284 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
285 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
286 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
287 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
288 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700289 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
290 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
291 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
292 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
293 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
294 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
300 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
301 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
302 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700304 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
305 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800306 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700307 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
308 *
309 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
310 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
311 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
312 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
314 * added to all specified management frames generated by
315 * kernel/firmware/driver.
316 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
317 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
318 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
319 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
320 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
321 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
322 *
323 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
324 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800325 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -0800326 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700327 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
328 * be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700329 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
330 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
331 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
332 * partial scan results may be available
333 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800334 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800335 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
337 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
338 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
339 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
340 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
341 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
342 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
343 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800344 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
345 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
346 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
347 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
348 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
349 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
350 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
351 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700352 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
353 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
354 * is supplied.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -0700355 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
356 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
357 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800358 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
359 * results available.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
361 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
362 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
363 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
364 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
365 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
366 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
367 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
369 * or noise level
370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
371 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
372 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700373 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
374 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
376 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
377 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
378 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700379 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
380 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
381 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
382 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
383 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
384 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
385 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
386 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
387 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
388 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
389 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
390 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
391 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
392 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
393 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
394 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
395 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
396 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
397 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
398 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
399 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
400 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
401 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
402 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
403 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
404 * the beacon hint was processed.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
407 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
408 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
409 * authentication process.
410 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
411 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
412 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
413 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
414 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
415 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
416 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
417 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
418 * to be added to the frame.
419 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
420 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
421 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
422 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
423 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
424 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
425 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
426 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
427 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
429 * pending authentication timed out).
430 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
431 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
432 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700433 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
434 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
435 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
436 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
437 * included).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700438 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
439 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
440 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
441 * primitives).
442 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
443 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
444 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
445 *
446 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
447 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
448 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
449 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
450 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
452 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
453 *
454 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
455 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
456 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
457 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
458 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
459 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
460 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
461 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
462 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
463 * determined by the network interface.
464 *
465 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
466 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
467 * to the driver.
468 *
469 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
470 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
471 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
472 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800473 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
474 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800475 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
478 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
479 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
480 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
481 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
482 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
483 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
484 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
485 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
486 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700487 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
488 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
489 * a different BSS is desired.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700490 * Background scan period can optionally be
491 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
492 * if not specified default background scan configuration
493 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
494 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700495 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
496 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -0700497 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
498 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
499 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
500 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
501 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
502 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700503 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
504 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
505 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
506 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
507 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
508 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
509 *
510 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
511 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
512 *
513 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
514 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
515 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
516 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
518 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800519 * frequency for the operation.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700520 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
521 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
522 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
523 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
524 * radio).
525 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
526 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
527 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
528 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
529 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
530 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
531 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
532 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
533 * uniquely identify the request.
534 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
535 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
536 *
537 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
538 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
539 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
540 *
541 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
542 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
543 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
544 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
545 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
546 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
547 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
548 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
549 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
550 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
551 * backward compatibility
552 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
553 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
554 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
555 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
556 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800557 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
558 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
559 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
560 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
561 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700562 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
563 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
564 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800565 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
566 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700567 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
568 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
569 * is used during CSA period.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700570 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
571 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
572 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
573 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
574 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
575 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
576 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
577 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
578 * the frame.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
580 * backward compatibility.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700581 *
582 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
583 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
584 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
586 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
587 * levels.
588 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
589 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
590 * reached.
591 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800592 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
593 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700594 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
595 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
596 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
597 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
598 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
599 * precedence when they are used.
600 *
601 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
602 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -0800603 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
604 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
605 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
606 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
607 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
608 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
609 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
610 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
611 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
612 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
613 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
614 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
615 * command, the feature is disabled.
616 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700617 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
618 * mesh config parameters may be given.
619 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
620 * network is determined by the network interface.
621 *
622 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
623 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
624 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
625 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
626 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
627 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
628 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800629 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
630 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
631 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700632 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
633 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
634 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
635 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
636 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800637 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
638 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
639 * depending on the authentication result.
640 *
641 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
642 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
643 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
644 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
645 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
646 * more background information, see
647 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800648 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
649 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
651 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
652 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
653 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800654 *
655 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
656 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
657 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
658 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
659 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
660 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
661 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
662 *
663 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
664 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
665 *
666 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800667 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
668 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
669 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
670 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
672 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800673 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
675 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
676 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
677 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
678 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
679 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
680 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800681 *
682 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
683 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
684 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
685 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
686 * is received.
687 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
688 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
689 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
690 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
691 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
692 *
693 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
694 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
695 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
696 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
697 *
698 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
699 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
700 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
701 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
702 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
703 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
704 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
705 *
706 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
707 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
708 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
709 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
710 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -0800711 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
712 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
713 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700714 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
715 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800716 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800717 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
718 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
719 * from the remote AP) is completed;
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
722 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
723 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
724 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
726 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
727 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
728 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700729 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800730 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
731 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
732 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
733 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
734 * public action frame TX.
735 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
736 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
737 *
738 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
739 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
740 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
741 * is used for this.
742 *
743 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
744 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
745 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800746 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
747 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
748 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
749 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
751 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
752 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
753 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
754 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
755 *
756 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
757 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
758 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
759 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
760 * while operating on this channel.
761 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
762 * event.
763 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700764 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
765 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
766 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
767 *
768 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
769 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
770 *
771 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
772 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
773 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
774 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
775 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -0700776 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
777 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
778 * complete.
779 *
780 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
781 * return back to normal.
782 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800783 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
784 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
785 *
786 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
787 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
788 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
789 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
790 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
791 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
792 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
793 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
794 * switch is complete.
795 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800796 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
797 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
798 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
799 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
800 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
801 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
802 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
803 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
804 *
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
806 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
807 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
808 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
809 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
810 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700811 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
812 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
813 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
814 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
815 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
816 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
817 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
818 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
819 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
820 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
821 * fail even if the check was successful.
822 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
823 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
824 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
825 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
826 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800827 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
828 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
829 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
830 *
831 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
832 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
833 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
834 * network is determined by the network interface.
835 *
836 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
837 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
838 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
839 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
840 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
841 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
842 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
843 * AP.
844 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
845 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
846 * when this command completes.
847 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700848 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
849 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
850 * management.
851 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800852 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
853 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
854 * cfg80211_scan_done().
855 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800856 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
857 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
858 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the
859 * NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a
860 * valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
861 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes.
862 * After this command NAN functions can be added.
863 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
864 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
866 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
867 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
868 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
869 * of the function upon success.
870 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
871 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
872 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
873 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
874 * which just terminated.
875 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
876 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
877 * the response to this command.
878 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
879 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
880 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
881 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
882 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
883 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN
884 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
885 * It must contain at least one of the following attributes:
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL.
887 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
888 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
889 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
890 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -0800891 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
892 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
893 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
894 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
895 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
896 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700897 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
898 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
899 */
900enum nl80211_commands {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800901/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700902 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
903
904 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
905 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
906 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
907 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
908
909 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
910 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
911 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
912 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
913
914 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
915 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
916 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
917 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
918
919 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
920 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700921 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
922 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
923 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
924 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700925
926 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
927 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
928 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
929 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
930
931 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
932 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
933 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
934 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
935
936 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
937
938 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
939 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
940
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800941 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
942 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700943
944 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
945
946 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
947
948 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
949 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
950 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
951 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
952
953 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
954
955 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
956 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
957 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
958 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
959
960 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
961
962 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
963
964 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
965 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
966
967 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
968
969 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
970 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
971 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
972
973 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
974
975 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
976 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
977
978 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
979 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
980 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
981
982 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
983 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
984
985 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
986
987 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
988 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
989 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
990 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
991 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
992 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
993
994 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
995 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
996
997 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
998 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
999
1000 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1001 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1002
1003 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1004
1005 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1006 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1007
1008 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1009 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1010
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001011 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1012
1013 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1014 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1015
1016 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1017 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1018 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1019 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1020
1021 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1022
1023 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1024
1025 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1026 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1027
1028 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1029
1030 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1031
1032 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1033
1034 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1035
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001036 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1037
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001038 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1039
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001040 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1041 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1042
1043 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1044
1045 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1046
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001047 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1048
1049 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1050
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001051 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1054 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1055
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001056 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1057 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1058
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001059 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1060 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1061
1062 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1063
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001064 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1065
1066 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1067
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001068 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1069 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1070
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001071 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1072
1073 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1074 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1075
1076 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1077
1078 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1079 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1080
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001081 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1082
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001083 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1084
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001085 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1086 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1087 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1088 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1089 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1090 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1091
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08001092 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1093
1094 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1095
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001096 /* add new commands above here */
1097
1098 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1099 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1100 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1101};
1102
1103/*
1104 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1105 * here
1106 */
1107#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1108#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1109#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1110#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1111#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1112#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1113#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1114#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1115
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001116#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1117
1118/* source-level API compatibility */
1119#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1120#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1121#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1122
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001123/**
1124 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1125 *
1126 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1127 *
1128 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1129 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1130 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1131 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001132 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1133 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1134 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1135 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1136 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1137 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1138 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1139 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1140 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1141 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1142 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1143 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001144 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001145 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001146 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1147 * this attribute)
1148 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1149 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1150 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001151 * This attribute is now deprecated.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001152 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1153 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1154 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1155 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1156 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1157 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1158 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1159 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1160 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1161 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1162 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1163 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1164 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1165 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1166 *
1167 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1168 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1169 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1170 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001171 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1172 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1173 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1175 *
1176 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1177 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1178 * keys
1179 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1180 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1181 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1182 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1183 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001184 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1185 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1186 * default management key
1187 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1188 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1189 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1190 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001191 *
1192 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1193 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1194 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1195 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1196 *
1197 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1198 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1199 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1200 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1201 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1202 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1203 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1204 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1205 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1206 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1207 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1208 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1209 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1210 *
1211 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1212 * consisting of a nested array.
1213 *
1214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001215 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1216 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001217 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1219 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1220 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1221 *
1222 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1223 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1224 *
1225 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1226 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1227 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1228 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1229 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1230 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001231 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001232 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1233 * to a specific alpha2.
1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1235 * rules.
1236 *
1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1238 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1239 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1240 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1241 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1243 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1244 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1245 *
1246 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1247 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1248 *
1249 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1250 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1251 * of the interface mode.
1252 *
1253 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1254 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1255 *
1256 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1257 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1258 *
1259 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1260 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001261 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1262 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1264 * that can be added to a scan request
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001265 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1266 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1268 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001269 *
1270 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1271 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1272 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1273 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1276 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1278 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1279 *
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1281 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1282 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1285 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1286 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1288 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1289 * represented as a u32
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1291 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1292 *
1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1294 * a u32
1295 *
1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1297 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1298 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1299 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1300 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1301 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1302 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1303 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1304 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1305 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1306 *
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1308 * cipher suites
1309 *
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1311 * for other networks on different channels
1312 *
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1314 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1317 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1318 * this attribute can be used
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001319 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001320 *
1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1322 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1323 *
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1325 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1326 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1327 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1328 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1329 * default in station mode.
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1331 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1332 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1333 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1334 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1335 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1337 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1338 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1339 *
1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1341 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1342 *
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1344 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1345 * a local disconnect request.
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1347 * event (u16)
1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001349 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1350 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001351 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001352 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1353 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001354 * (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001355 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1356 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1357 * u32).
1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1359 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001360 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001361 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1362 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001363 *
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1365 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1367 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1368 *
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001369 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1370 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1371 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1372 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1373 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001374 *
1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1376 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1378 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1379 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1380 *
1381 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1382 *
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1384 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1385 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1386 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1387 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1388 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1389 * completely from scratch.
1390 *
1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1392 *
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1394 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1395 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1396 *
1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1399 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1400 *
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1403 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1404 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1405 *
1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1409 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1410 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1411 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1412 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001413 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1414 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1415 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1416 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1417 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1418 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1419 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001420 *
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1422 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1424 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1426 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1427 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1428 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1430 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1431 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1432 *
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1434 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1435 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001436 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1437 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001438 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1439 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1440 *
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1442 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1443 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1444 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1445 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1446 *
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1448 * connected to this BSS.
1449 *
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1451 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1453 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1454 * for non-automatic settings.
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1457 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1460 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1461 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1462 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1463 *
1464 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1465 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1466 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1467 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1468 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1469 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1470 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1471 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1472 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1473 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1474 *
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1476 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1477 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1478 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001479 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1480 *
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1482 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1483 *
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1485 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001486 *
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1490 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1491 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1492 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1493 * nl80211 capability flag.
1494 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001495 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001496 *
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1498 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1499 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1500 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001501 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1502 * changed once the mesh is active.
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1504 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1506 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1507 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1509 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1510 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1511 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001512 *
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1514 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1516 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1517 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1518 * triggers.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001519 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001520 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1521 * cycles, in msecs.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001522 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001523 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1524 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1525 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1526 * pass-thru filter rules.
1527 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1528 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1529 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1530 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1531 * able to ignore them by itself.
1532 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1533 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1534 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1535 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1536 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1537 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1538 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1539 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1540 *
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1542 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1543 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1545 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1546 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1547 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1548 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001549 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001550 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1551 *
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1553 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1554 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1555 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1556 *
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1558 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1559 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1560 *
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1562 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1563 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1564 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1566 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1567 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1568 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1569 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1572 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1574 * as AP.
1575 *
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1577 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1578 *
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1580 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1581 *
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1583 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1584 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1585 * applications use this attribute.
1586 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1587 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1588 *
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1590 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1591 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1593 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1595 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1597 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1599 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1600 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1601 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1602 *
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1604 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1605 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1606 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1607 *
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1609 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1610 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1611 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1614 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001616 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1617 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1618 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1619 *
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1621 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1622 * to be filled by the FW.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001623 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1624 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1626 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1627 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1628 * The values that may be configured are:
1629 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1630 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1631 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1632 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1633 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1636 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1637 * to one DFS region.
1638 *
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1640 * up to 16 TIDs.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001641 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001642 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1643 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1644 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1645 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1646 * capability to timeout the stations.
1647 *
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1649 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1650 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1653 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1654 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001655 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1656 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1657 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1658 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1659 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1660 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001661 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1662 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1663 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1664 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001665 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1666 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1667 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1668 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1669 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1670 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1671 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1672 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1673 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1674 * consistent.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001675 *
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1677 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1680 *
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001681 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1682 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1684 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1685 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1686 * no change is made.
1687 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001688 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1689 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1692 * carried in a u32 attribute
1693 *
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1695 * MAC ACL.
1696 *
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1698 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1699 * ACL.
1700 *
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1702 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1705 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1706 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1708 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1711 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1712 *
1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1714 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1715 * and PU-APSD.
1716 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001717 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1718 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1719 *
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1721 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1722 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1727 * Element
1728 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001729 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1730 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1732 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1733 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07001734 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1735 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1736 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1737 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1738 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001739 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1742 * until the channel switch event.
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1744 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1745 * operation).
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1747 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001748 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1749 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1751 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1754 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1755 *
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1757 *
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1759 * supported operating classes.
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1762 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1763 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1764 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1765 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1766 * IBSS network.
1767 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001768 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1769 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1771 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1774 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08001775 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1776 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1777 * u8 attribute.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1780 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1783 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1785 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1788 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1789 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1790 *
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08001791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1793 *
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1795 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1796 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1797 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1798 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1799 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1800 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1802 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1804 * supported number of csa counters.
1805 *
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07001806 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1807 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1808 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001809 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001810 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001811 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001812 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1813 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1814 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1815 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1816 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1817 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1818 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001819 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1820 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1821 * the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1822 * and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1823 * socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1824 * notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08001825 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1826 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001827 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001828 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1829 * the TDLS link initiator.
1830 *
1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1832 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1833 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1834 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1835 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1836 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1837 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001838 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1839 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001840 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1841 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1842 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1845 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1846 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1847 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1848 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1853 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1854 *
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1856 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1857 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001858 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1861 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1863 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1864 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1865 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1866 *
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1868 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1869 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1870 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1871 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1872 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1873 *
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1875 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1876 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1877 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1878 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1879 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1880 * over all channels.
1881 *
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08001882 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001883 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1884 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1885 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001886
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1888 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1889 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001890 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1891 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1893 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1895 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1897 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1898 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1899 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1900 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1901 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08001902 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1903 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1904 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1905 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001906 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1907 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1908 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1909 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1910 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1911 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1912 *
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1914 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001915 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07001916 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1919 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1920 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1921 * interface type.
1922 *
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07001923 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1924 * groupID for monitor mode.
1925 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1926 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1927 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1928 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
1929 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1930 * each group.
1931 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1932 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
1933 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1934 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1935 * groupID data.
1936 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1938 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1939 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1940 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1941 *
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1943 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1944 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1945 * attribute must not be included).
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1947 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
1949 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
1950 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
1951 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
1952 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
1954 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
1955 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
1956 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
1957 *
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
1959 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
1960 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001961 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
1962 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1963 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
1964 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
1965 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see
1967 * &enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with
1968 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1969 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
1971 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
1972 * attribute.
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
1974 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
1976 * protection.
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
1978 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
1979 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1980 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08001981 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
1982 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
1983 *
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08001984 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
1985 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
1986 *
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08001987 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
1988 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
1989 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
1990 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
1991 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
1992 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
1993 * unnecessary wakeups.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
1996 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
1997 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
1998 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
1999 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2000 *
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2002 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2003 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2004 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002005 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002006 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2007 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2008 */
2009enum nl80211_attrs {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002010/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002011 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2012
2013 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2014 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2015
2016 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2017 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2018 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2019
2020 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2021
2022 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2023 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2024 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2025 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2026 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2027
2028 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2029 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2030 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2031 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2032
2033 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2034 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2035 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2036 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2037 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2038 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2039
2040 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2041
2042 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2043
2044 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2045 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2046 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2047 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2048
2049 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2050 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2051 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2052
2053 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2054
2055 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2056
2057 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2058 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2059
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002060 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002061
2062 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2063
2064 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2065 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2066 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2067
2068 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2069
2070 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2071 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2072
2073 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2074
2075 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2076 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2077 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2078 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2079
2080 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2081 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2082
2083 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2084
2085 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2086 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2087 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2088 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2089
2090 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2091
2092 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2093 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2094
2095 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2096 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2097
2098 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2099
2100
2101 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2102 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2103 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2104 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2105
2106 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2107
2108 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2109
2110 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2111
2112 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2113
2114 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2115
2116 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2117
2118 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2119 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2120
2121 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2122 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2123 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2124 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2125
2126 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2127 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2128
2129 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2130
2131 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2132 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2133
2134 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2135
2136 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2137
2138 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2139
2140 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2141 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2142
2143 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2144
2145 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2146
2147 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2148
2149 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2150
2151 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2152
2153 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2154
2155 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2156
2157 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2158
2159 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2160
2161 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2162
2163 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2164 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2165
2166 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2167 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2168 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2169
2170 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2171 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2172
2173 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2174
2175 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2176 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2177
2178 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2179
2180 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2181
2182 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2183
2184 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2185
2186 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2187
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002188 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2189
2190 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2191 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2192
2193 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2194 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2195
2196 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2197 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2198
2199 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2200
2201 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2202 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2203
2204 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2205
2206 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2207 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2208
2209 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2210
2211 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2212
2213 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2214 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2215
2216 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2217 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2218
2219 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2220
2221 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2222 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2223
2224 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2225
2226 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2227
2228 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2229 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2230 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2231 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2232 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2233
2234 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2235
2236 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2237
2238 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2239
2240 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2241
2242 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2243
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002244 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2245
2246 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2247 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2250
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002251 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2252
2253 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2254
2255 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2256
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002257 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2258
2259 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2260
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002261 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2262
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002263 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002264
2265 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2266
2267 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2268
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002269 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2271 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2272
2273 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2274 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2275
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002276 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2277
2278 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2281
2282 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2283
2284 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2285
2286 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2287 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2288
2289 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2290 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2291
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07002292 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2293 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2294
2295 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2296 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2299 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2300
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07002301 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2302 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2303
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002304 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2305
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002306 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2307
2308 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2309 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2310 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2311 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2312 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2313
2314 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2315
2316 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2317
2318 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2319
2320 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2321
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002322 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2323 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2324
2325 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2326
2327 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2328 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2329 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2330 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2331
2332 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2333
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002334 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2335 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2336
2337 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2338
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002339 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2340
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002341 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002342
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002343 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2345
2346 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2347
2348 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2354 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2355
2356 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2357
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002358 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2359
2360 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2361
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002362 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2363
2364 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2365
2366 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2367
2368 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2373
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002374 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2375 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2376 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2377 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2378
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002379 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2380
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002381 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2382
2383 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2384
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002385 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2388
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07002389 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2391
2392 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2393 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2395 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2396
2397 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2398
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002399 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2400 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2406
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08002407 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2408
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08002409 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2410
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002411 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2413
2414 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2415
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002416 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2417
2418 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002419 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002420 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2421};
2422
2423/* source-level API compatibility */
2424#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002425#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002426#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002427#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002428
2429/*
2430 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2431 * here
2432 */
2433#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2434#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2435#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2436#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2437#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2438#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2439#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2440#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2441#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2442#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2443#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2444#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2445#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2446#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2447#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2448#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2449#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2450#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2451#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2452#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002453#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002454
2455#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002456#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002457#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002458#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2459#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2460#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2461#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002462#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002463
2464#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2465#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2466
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002467#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2468
2469/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2470#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2471
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002472#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2473
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002474/**
2475 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2476 *
2477 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2478 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2479 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2480 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002481 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2482 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2483 * AP type interface.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002484 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2485 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2486 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2487 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2488 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002489 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2490 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2491 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2492 * commands to create and destroy one
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002493 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2494 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002495 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002496 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2497 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2498 *
2499 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2500 * to set the type of an interface.
2501 *
2502 */
2503enum nl80211_iftype {
2504 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2505 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2506 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2507 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2508 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2509 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2510 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2511 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2512 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2513 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002514 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002515 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002516 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002517
2518 /* keep last */
2519 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2520 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2521};
2522
2523/**
2524 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2525 *
2526 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2527 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2528 *
2529 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2530 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2531 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2532 * with short barker preamble
2533 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2534 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002535 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002536 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2537 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2538 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2539 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2540 * as errors.)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002541 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2542 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2543 * previously added station into associated state
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002544 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2545 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2546 */
2547enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2548 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2549 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2550 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2551 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2552 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002553 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2554 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002555 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002556
2557 /* keep last */
2558 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2559 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2560};
2561
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002562/**
2563 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2564 *
2565 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2566 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2567 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2568 */
2569enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2570 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2571 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2572
2573 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2574};
2575
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002576#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2577
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002578/**
2579 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2580 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2581 * @set: which values to set them to
2582 *
2583 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2584 */
2585struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2586 __u32 mask;
2587 __u32 set;
2588} __attribute__((packed));
2589
2590/**
2591 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2592 *
2593 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2594 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002595 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2596 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2597 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2598 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2599 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2600 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2601 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002602 *
2603 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2605 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002608 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002609 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002610 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2611 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2612 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002613 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2614 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002615 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002616 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2617 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2618 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2619 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2620 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2621 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002622 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2623 */
2624enum nl80211_rate_info {
2625 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2634 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2635 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002636 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2637 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002638
2639 /* keep last */
2640 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2641 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2642};
2643
2644/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002645 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2646 *
2647 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2648 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2649 *
2650 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2651 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2652 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2653 * (flag)
2654 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2655 * (flag)
2656 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2657 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2658 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2659 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2660 */
2661enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2662 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2663 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2664 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2665 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2666 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2667 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2668
2669 /* keep last */
2670 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2671 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2672};
2673
2674/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002675 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2676 *
2677 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2678 * when getting information about a station.
2679 *
2680 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2681 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002682 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2683 * (u32, from this station)
2684 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2685 * (u32, to this station)
2686 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2687 * (u64, from this station)
2688 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2689 * (u64, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002690 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2691 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002692 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002693 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2694 * (u32, from this station)
2695 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2696 * (u32, to this station)
2697 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2698 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2699 * (u32, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002700 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002701 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2702 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2703 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2704 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2705 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2706 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2707 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2708 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2710 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002712 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002713 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2714 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2715 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2716 * non-peer STA
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002717 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2718 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2719 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2720 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002721 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2722 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002723 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2724 * (u64)
2725 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2726 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2727 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2728 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2729 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2730 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2731 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2732 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002733 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2734 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2735 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002736 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2737 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002738 */
2739enum nl80211_sta_info {
2740 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2741 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2742 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2743 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2744 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2745 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2746 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2747 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2748 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2749 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2750 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2751 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2752 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2753 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002754 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2755 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2756 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2757 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002758 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002759 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002760 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2761 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2762 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2763 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2764 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002765 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2766 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002767 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002768 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2769 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2770 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2771 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002772 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2773 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002774
2775 /* keep last */
2776 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2777 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2778};
2779
2780/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002781 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2782 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2783 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2784 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2785 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2786 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2787 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2788 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2789 * MSDUs (u64)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002790 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002791 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2792 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2793 */
2794enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2795 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2796 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2797 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2798 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2799 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002800 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002801
2802 /* keep last */
2803 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2804 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2805};
2806
2807/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002808 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2809 *
2810 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2811 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2812 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2813 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2814 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2815 */
2816enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2817 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2818 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2819 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2820 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2821 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2822};
2823
2824/**
2825 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2826 *
2827 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2828 * information about a mesh path.
2829 *
2830 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2831 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2832 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2833 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2834 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2835 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2836 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2837 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2838 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2839 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2840 * currently defind
2841 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2842 */
2843enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2844 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2845 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2846 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2847 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2848 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2849 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2850 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2851 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2852
2853 /* keep last */
2854 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2855 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2856};
2857
2858/**
2859 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2860 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2861 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2862 * an array of nested frequency attributes
2863 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2864 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
2865 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2866 * defined in 802.11n
2867 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2868 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2869 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002870 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2871 * defined in 802.11ac
2872 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002873 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2874 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2875 */
2876enum nl80211_band_attr {
2877 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2878 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2879 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2880
2881 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2882 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2883 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2884 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2885
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002886 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2887 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2888
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002889 /* keep last */
2890 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2891 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2892};
2893
2894#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2895
2896/**
2897 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2898 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2899 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2900 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2901 * regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002902 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2903 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2904 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002905 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2906 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2907 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2908 * (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002909 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2910 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2911 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2912 * this channel is in this DFS state.
2913 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
2914 * channel as the control channel
2915 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
2916 * channel as the control channel
2917 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
2918 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
2919 * this includes 80+80 channels
2920 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
2921 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
2922 * isn't possible
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002923 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002924 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
2925 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
2926 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
2927 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
2928 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
2929 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002930 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002931 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
2932 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002933 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
2934 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
2935 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
2936 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
2937 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
2938 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
2939 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
2940 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002941 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
2942 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2943 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
2944 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002945 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
2946 * currently defined
2947 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002948 *
2949 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
2950 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
2951 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002952 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002953 */
2954enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
2955 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
2956 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
2957 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002958 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
2959 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002960 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
2961 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002962 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
2963 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
2964 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
2965 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
2966 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
2967 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002968 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002969 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002970 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002971 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
2972 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002973
2974 /* keep last */
2975 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2976 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2977};
2978
2979#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002980#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2981#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2982#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002983#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
2984 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002985
2986/**
2987 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
2988 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2989 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
2990 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
2991 * in 2.4 GHz band.
2992 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
2993 * currently defined
2994 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2995 */
2996enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
2997 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
2998 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
2999 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3000
3001 /* keep last */
3002 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3003 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3004};
3005
3006/**
3007 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3008 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3009 * regulatory domain.
3010 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3011 * regulatory domain.
3012 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3013 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3014 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3015 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3016 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3017 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003018 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003019 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3020 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3021 */
3022enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3023 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3024 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3025 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3026 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3027};
3028
3029/**
3030 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3031 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3032 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3033 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3034 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3035 * domain.
3036 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3037 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3038 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3039 * them to be applied.
3040 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3041 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3042 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3043 * domain request to be processed.
3044 */
3045enum nl80211_reg_type {
3046 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3047 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3048 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3049 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3050};
3051
3052/**
3053 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3054 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3055 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3056 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3057 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3058 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3059 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3060 * band edge.
3061 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3062 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3063 * band edge.
3064 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003065 * frequency range, in KHz.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003066 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3067 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3068 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3069 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3070 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003071 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3072 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003073 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3074 * currently defined
3075 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3076 */
3077enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3078 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3079 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3082 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3084
3085 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3086 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3087
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003088 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3089
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003090 /* keep last */
3091 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3092 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3093};
3094
3095/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003096 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3097 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3098 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003099 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003100 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003101 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3102 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3103 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3104 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3105 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3106 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3107 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08003108 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3109 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3110 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3111 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3112 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3113 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3114 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003115 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3116 * attribute number currently defined
3117 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3118 */
3119enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3120 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3121
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003122 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3123 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08003124 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3125 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003126
3127 /* keep last */
3128 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3129 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3130 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3131};
3132
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003133/* only for backward compatibility */
3134#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3135
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003136/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003137 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3138 *
3139 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3140 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3141 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3142 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3143 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3144 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3145 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003146 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3147 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3148 * beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003149 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3150 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3151 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003152 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003153 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3154 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3155 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3156 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003157 */
3158enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3159 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3160 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3161 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3162 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3163 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3164 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3165 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003166 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3167 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003168 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003169 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003170 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3171 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3172 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3173 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003174};
3175
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003176#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3177#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3178#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003179#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3180 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003181#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003182
3183/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3184#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3185
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003186/**
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003187 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3188 *
3189 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003190 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3191 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3192 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003193 */
3194enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3195 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3196 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3197 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3198 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3199};
3200
3201/**
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003202 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3203 *
3204 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3205 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3206 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3207 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3208 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3209 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3210 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3211 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3212 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3213 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3214 * supported feature.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003215 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3216 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003217 */
3218enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3219 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3220 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003221 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003222};
3223
3224/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003225 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3226 *
3227 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3228 * when getting information about a survey.
3229 *
3230 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3231 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3232 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3233 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003234 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3235 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3236 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003237 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003238 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003239 * channel was sensed busy
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003240 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3241 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3242 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3243 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3244 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3245 * (on this channel or globally)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003246 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003247 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3248 * currently defined
3249 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3250 */
3251enum nl80211_survey_info {
3252 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3253 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3254 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3255 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003256 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3257 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3258 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3259 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3260 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3261 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003262 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003263
3264 /* keep last */
3265 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3266 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3267};
3268
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003269/* keep old names for compatibility */
3270#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3271#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3272#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3273#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3274#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3275
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003276/**
3277 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3278 *
3279 * Monitor configuration flags.
3280 *
3281 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3282 *
3283 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3284 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3285 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3286 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3287 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3288 * overrides all other flags.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003289 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3290 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003291 *
3292 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3293 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3294 */
3295enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3296 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3297 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3298 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3299 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3300 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3301 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003302 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003303
3304 /* keep last */
3305 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3306 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3307};
3308
3309/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003310 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3311 *
3312 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3313 * not known or has not been set yet.
3314 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3315 * in Awake state all the time.
3316 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3317 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3318 * neighbor's beacons.
3319 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3320 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3321 * for neighbor's beacons.
3322 *
3323 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3324 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3325 */
3326
3327enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3328 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3329 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3330 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3331 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3332
3333 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3334 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3335};
3336
3337/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003338 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3339 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003340 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3341 * active.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003342 *
3343 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3344 *
3345 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003346 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003347 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003348 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003349 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003350 *
3351 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003352 * millisecond units
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003353 *
3354 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003355 * on this mesh interface
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003356 *
3357 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003358 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3359 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003360 *
3361 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003362 * point.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003363 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003364 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3365 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3366 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3367 * set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003368 *
3369 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003370 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3371 * target)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003372 *
3373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003374 * (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003375 *
3376 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003377 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003378 *
3379 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003380 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3381 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003382 *
3383 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003384 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3385 * reference element
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003386 *
3387 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003388 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3389 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003390 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003391 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3392 *
3393 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003394 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003395 *
3396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003397 * root announcements are transmitted.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003398 *
3399 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003400 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3401 * Announcement frames.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003402 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003403 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003404 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3405 * PERR element.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003406 *
3407 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003408 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3409 *
3410 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3411 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3412 * a peer link.
3413 *
3414 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3415 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3416 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3417 *
3418 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003419 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003420 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3421 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003422 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3423 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3424 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3425 *
3426 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3427 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3428 *
3429 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3430 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3431 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3432 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003433 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3434 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3435 *
3436 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3437 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003438 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3439 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003440 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3441 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003442 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003443 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3444 */
3445enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3446 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3447 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3448 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3449 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3450 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3451 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3452 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3453 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3454 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3455 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3456 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3457 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3458 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3459 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3460 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3461 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003462 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3463 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003464 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3465 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003466 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3467 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3468 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3469 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3470 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3471 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003472 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3473 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003474 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003475
3476 /* keep last */
3477 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3478 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3479};
3480
3481/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003482 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3483 *
3484 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3485 * changed while the mesh is active.
3486 *
3487 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3488 *
3489 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003490 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3491 * default HWMP.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003492 *
3493 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003494 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3495 * metric.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003496 *
3497 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003498 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3499 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3500 * metrics in use.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003501 *
3502 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003503 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003504 *
3505 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003506 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3507 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3508 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3509 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3510 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3511 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3512 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3513 * userspace daemon.
3514 *
3515 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3516 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3517 * neighbor offset synchronization
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003518 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003519 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3520 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3521 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003522 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3523 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3524 * Default is no authentication method required.
3525 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003526 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003527 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003528 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3529 */
3530enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3531 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3532 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3533 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3534 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3535 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3536 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003537 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003538 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003539 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003540
3541 /* keep last */
3542 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3543 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3544};
3545
3546/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003547 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3548 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003549 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003550 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3551 * disabled
3552 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3553 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3554 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3555 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3556 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3557 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3558 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3559 */
3560enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3561 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003562 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003563 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3564 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3565 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3566 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3567
3568 /* keep last */
3569 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3570 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3571};
3572
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003573enum nl80211_ac {
3574 NL80211_AC_VO,
3575 NL80211_AC_VI,
3576 NL80211_AC_BE,
3577 NL80211_AC_BK,
3578 NL80211_NUM_ACS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003579};
3580
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003581/* backward compat */
3582#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3583#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3584#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3585#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3586#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3587
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003588/**
3589 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3590 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3591 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3592 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3593 * below the control channel
3594 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3595 * above the control channel
3596 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003597enum nl80211_channel_type {
3598 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3599 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3600 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3601 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3602};
3603
3604/**
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003605 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3606 *
3607 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3608 * attribute.
3609 *
3610 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3611 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3612 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3613 * attribute must be provided as well
3614 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3615 * attribute must be provided as well
3616 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3617 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3618 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3619 * attribute must be provided as well
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003620 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3621 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003622 */
3623enum nl80211_chan_width {
3624 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3625 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3626 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3627 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3628 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3629 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003630 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3631 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3632};
3633
3634/**
3635 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3636 *
3637 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3638 *
3639 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3640 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3641 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3642 */
3643enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3644 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3645 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3646 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003647};
3648
3649/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003650 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3651 *
3652 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3653 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3654 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3655 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003656 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3657 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3658 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003659 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3660 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3661 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3662 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003663 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3664 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3665 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003666 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3667 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003668 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3669 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003670 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3671 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3672 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3673 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3674 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3675 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3676 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3677 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3678 * yet been received
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003679 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3680 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003681 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3682 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3683 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3684 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003685 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3686 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3687 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003688 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07003689 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3690 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3691 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3692 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3693 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3694 * is set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003695 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3696 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3697 */
3698enum nl80211_bss {
3699 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3700 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3701 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3702 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3703 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3704 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3705 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3706 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3707 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3708 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3709 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3710 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003711 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003712 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3713 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003714 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003715 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07003716 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3717 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003718
3719 /* keep last */
3720 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3721 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3722};
3723
3724/**
3725 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3726 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003727 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3728 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3729 * a given BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003730 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3731 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3732 *
3733 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3734 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3735 */
3736enum nl80211_bss_status {
3737 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3738 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3739 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3740};
3741
3742/**
3743 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3744 *
3745 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3746 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3747 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3748 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08003749 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08003750 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3751 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3752 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003753 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3754 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3755 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3756 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3757 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3758 */
3759enum nl80211_auth_type {
3760 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3761 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3762 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3763 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08003764 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08003765 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3766 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3767 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003768
3769 /* keep last */
3770 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3771 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3772 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3773};
3774
3775/**
3776 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3777 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3778 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3779 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3780 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3781 */
3782enum nl80211_key_type {
3783 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3784 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3785 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3786
3787 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3788};
3789
3790/**
3791 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3792 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3793 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3794 */
3795enum nl80211_mfp {
3796 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3797 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3798};
3799
3800enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3801 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3802 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3803};
3804
3805/**
3806 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3807 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3808 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3809 * unicast key
3810 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3811 * multicast key
3812 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3813 */
3814enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3815 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3816 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3817 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3818
3819 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3820};
3821
3822/**
3823 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3824 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3825 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3826 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3827 * keys
3828 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3829 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3830 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3831 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3832 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3833 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3834 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3835 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3836 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3837 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3838 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3839 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3840 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3841 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3842 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3843 */
3844enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3845 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3846 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3847 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3848 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3849 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3850 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3851 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3852 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3853 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3854
3855 /* keep last */
3856 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3857 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3858};
3859
3860/**
3861 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3862 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3863 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3864 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3865 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3866 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003867 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003868 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003869 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3870 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003871 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003872 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3873 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3874 */
3875enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3876 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3877 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003878 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3879 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003880 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003881
3882 /* keep last */
3883 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3884 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3885};
3886
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003887#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3888#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
3889
3890/**
3891 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3892 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3893 */
3894struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3895 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3896};
3897
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003898enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3899 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3900 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3901 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3902};
3903
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003904/**
3905 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
3906 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3907 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003908 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003909 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
3910 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003911 */
3912enum nl80211_band {
3913 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
3914 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003915 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003916
3917 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003918};
3919
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003920/**
3921 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
3922 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
3923 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
3924 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003925enum nl80211_ps_state {
3926 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
3927 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
3928};
3929
3930/**
3931 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
3932 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
3933 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
3934 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
3935 * to disable.
3936 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
3937 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
3938 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
3939 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
3940 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
3941 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003942 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
3943 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
3944 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
3945 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
3946 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
3947 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
3948 * checked.
3949 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
3950 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
3951 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
3952 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003953 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
3954 * loss event
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003955 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
3956 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
3957 */
3958enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
3959 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
3960 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
3961 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
3962 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
3963 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003964 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
3965 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
3966 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003967 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003968
3969 /* keep last */
3970 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
3971 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3972};
3973
3974/**
3975 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
3976 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
3977 * configured threshold
3978 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
3979 * configured threshold
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003980 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003981 */
3982enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
3983 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
3984 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003985 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003986};
3987
3988
3989/**
3990 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
3991 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
3992 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
3993 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
3994 */
3995enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
3996 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
3997 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
3998 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
3999};
4000
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004001/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004002 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4003 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4004 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004005 * a zero bit are ignored
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004006 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004007 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4008 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4009 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4010 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4011 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4012 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004013 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004014 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4015 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4016 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004017 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004018 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004019 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4020 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004021 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004022enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4023 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4024 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4025 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4026 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004027
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004028 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4029 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004030};
4031
4032/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004033 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004034 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4035 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4036 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004037 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004038 *
4039 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004040 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4041 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4042 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4043 * by the kernel to userspace.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004044 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004045struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004046 __u32 max_patterns;
4047 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4048 __u32 max_pattern_len;
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004049 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004050} __attribute__((packed));
4051
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004052/* only for backward compatibility */
4053#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4054#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4055#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4056#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4057#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4058#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4059#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4060
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004061/**
4062 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4063 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4064 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4065 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4066 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004067 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4068 * any others are even supported by the device.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004069 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4070 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4071 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4072 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4073 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4074 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4075 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004076 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4077 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4078 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4079 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004080 *
4081 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004082 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004083 *
4084 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4085 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4086 * to the kernel when configuring.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004087 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4088 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4089 * by the device (flag)
4090 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4091 * done by the device) (flag)
4092 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4093 * packet (flag)
4094 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4095 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4096 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004097 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4098 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4099 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4100 * attribute contains the original length.
4101 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4102 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4103 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4104 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4105 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4106 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4107 * contains the original length.
4108 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4109 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4110 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4111 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4112 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4113 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4114 * the TCP connection.
4115 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4116 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4117 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4118 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4119 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4120 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4121 * service
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004122 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4123 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4124 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004125 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4126 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4127 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4128 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4129 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4130 * supported by the driver (u32).
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004131 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4132 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4133 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4134 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4135 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4136 * occurred.
4137 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4138 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4139 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4140 * these attributes must be present. If
4141 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4142 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4143 * channel.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004144 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4145 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004146 *
4147 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4148 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004149 */
4150enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4151 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4152 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4153 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4154 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4155 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4156 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4157 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4158 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4159 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4160 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004161 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4162 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4163 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4164 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4165 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4166 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4167 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4168 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004169 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4170 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004171
4172 /* keep last */
4173 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4174 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4175};
4176
4177/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004178 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4179 *
4180 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4181 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4182 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4183 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4184 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4185 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4186 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4187 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4188 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4189 *
4190 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4191 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4192 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4193 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4194 * also woken up.
4195 *
4196 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4197 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4198 */
4199
4200/**
4201 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4202 * @start: starting value
4203 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4204 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4205 *
4206 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4207 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4208 * in little endian.
4209 */
4210struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4211 __u32 start, offset, len;
4212};
4213
4214/**
4215 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4216 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4217 * @len: length of each token
4218 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4219 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4220 */
4221struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4222 __u32 offset, len;
4223 __u8 token_stream[];
4224};
4225
4226/**
4227 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4228 * @min_len: minimum token length
4229 * @max_len: maximum token length
4230 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4231 */
4232struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4233 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4234};
4235
4236/**
4237 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4238 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4239 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4240 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4241 * (in network byte order)
4242 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4243 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4244 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4245 * might require ARP querying.
4246 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4247 * socket and port will be allocated
4248 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4249 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4250 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4251 * of the data payload.
4252 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4253 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4254 * advertising it is just a flag
4255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4256 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4257 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4258 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4259 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4261 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004263 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004264 * but on the TCP payload only.
4265 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4266 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4267 */
4268enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4269 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4270 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4271 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4272 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4273 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4274 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4275 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4276 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4277 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4278 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4279 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4280 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4281
4282 /* keep last */
4283 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4284 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4285};
4286
4287/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004288 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4289 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4290 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4291 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4292 *
4293 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4294 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4295 */
4296struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4297 __u32 max_rules;
4298 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4299 __u32 max_delay;
4300} __attribute__((packed));
4301
4302/**
4303 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4304 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4305 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4306 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4307 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4308 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4309 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4310 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4311 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4312 */
4313enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4314 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4315 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4316 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4317 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4318
4319 /* keep last */
4320 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4321 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4322};
4323
4324/**
4325 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4326 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4327 * in a rule are matched.
4328 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4329 * in a rule are not matched.
4330 */
4331enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4332 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4333 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4334};
4335
4336/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004337 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4338 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4339 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4340 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4341 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4342 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4343 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4344 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4345 */
4346enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4347 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4348 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4349 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4350
4351 /* keep last */
4352 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4353 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4354};
4355
4356/**
4357 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4358 *
4359 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4360 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4361 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4362 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4363 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4364 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4365 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4366 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4367 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4368 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4369 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4370 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4371 * different channels may be used within this group.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004372 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4373 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004374 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4375 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004376 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4377 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4378 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004379 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4380 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4381 *
4382 * Examples:
4383 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4384 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4385 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004386 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4387 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004388 *
4389 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4390 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4391 *
4392 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4393 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4394 *
4395 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4396 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4397 * that any of these groups must match.
4398 *
4399 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4400 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4401 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4402 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4403 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4404 */
4405enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4406 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4407 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4408 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4409 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4410 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004411 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004412 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004413 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004414
4415 /* keep last */
4416 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4417 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4418};
4419
4420
4421/**
4422 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4423 *
4424 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4425 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4426 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4427 * this mesh peer
4428 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4429 * from this mesh peer
4430 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4431 * received from this mesh peer
4432 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4433 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4434 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4435 * plink are discarded
4436 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4437 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4438 */
4439enum nl80211_plink_state {
4440 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4441 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4442 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4443 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4444 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4445 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4446 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4447
4448 /* keep last */
4449 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4450 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4451};
4452
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004453/**
4454 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4455 *
4456 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4457 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4458 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4459 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4460 */
4461enum plink_actions {
4462 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4463 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4464 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4465
4466 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4467};
4468
4469
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004470#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4471#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4472#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4473
4474/**
4475 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4476 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4477 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4478 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4479 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4480 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4481 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4482 */
4483enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4484 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4485 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4486 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4487 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4488
4489 /* keep last */
4490 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4491 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4492};
4493
4494/**
4495 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4496 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4497 * Beacon frames)
4498 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4499 * in Beacon frames
4500 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4501 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4502 */
4503enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4504 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4505 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4506 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4507};
4508
4509/**
4510 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4511 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4512 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4513 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4514 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4515 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4516 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4517 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4518 */
4519enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4520 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4521 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4522 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4523
4524 /* keep last */
4525 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4526 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4527};
4528
4529/**
4530 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4531 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4532 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4533 * priority)
4534 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4535 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4536 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4537 * (internal)
4538 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4539 * (internal)
4540 */
4541enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4542 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4543 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4544 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4545 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4546
4547 /* keep last */
4548 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4549 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4550};
4551
4552/**
4553 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4554 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4555 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4556 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4557 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4558 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4559 */
4560enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4561 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4562 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4563 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4564 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4565 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4566};
4567
4568/*
4569 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4570 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4571 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4572enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4573};
4574 */
4575
4576/**
4577 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4578 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4579 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4580 * socket option.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004581 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004582 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4583 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004584 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4585 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4586 * cellular base stations.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004587 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4588 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004589 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4590 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4591 * mode
4592 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4593 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4594 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4595 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4596 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4597 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4598 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004599 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4600 * setting
4601 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4602 * powersave
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004603 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4604 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4605 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4606 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4607 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4608 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4609 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4610 * states using station flags.
4611 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4612 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4613 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4614 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4615 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004616 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4617 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4618 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4619 * still generated by the driver.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004620 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4621 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4622 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4623 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004624 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4625 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4626 * lifetime of a BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004627 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4628 * Set IE to probe requests.
4629 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4630 * to probe requests.
4631 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4632 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4633 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4634 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4635 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4636 * Measurement Report action frame.
4637 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4638 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4639 * to enable dynack.
4640 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4641 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4642 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4643 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4644 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4645 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4646 * rts/cts handshake.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004647 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4648 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4649 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4650 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4651 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4652 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4653 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4654 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4655 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4656 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4657 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4658 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4659 * address mask/value will be used.
4660 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4661 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4662 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4663 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4664 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4665 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4666 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4667 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004668 */
4669enum nl80211_feature_flags {
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004670 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4671 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4672 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4673 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004674 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004675 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4676 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4677 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4678 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4679 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4680 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004681 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4682 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004683 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4684 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4685 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004686 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004687 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004688 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004689 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4690 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4691 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4692 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4693 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4694 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4695 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004696 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4697 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4698 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4699 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4700 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4701 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004702};
4703
4704/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004705 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4706 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004707 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4708 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4709 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4710 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4711 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004712 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4713 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4714 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4715 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4716 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4717 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4718 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4719 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4720 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4721 * (if available).
4722 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4723 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4724 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4725 * (if available).
4726 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4727 * channel dwell time.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004728 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4729 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4730 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4731 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4732 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4733 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4734 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4735 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08004736 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4737 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4738 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4739 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4740 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4741 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4742 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004743 *
4744 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4745 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4746 */
4747enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4748 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004749 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004750 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4751 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4752 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4753 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004754 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4755 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4756 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4757 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08004758 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4759 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4760 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004761
4762 /* add new features before the definition below */
4763 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4764 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4765};
4766
4767/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004768 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4769 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4770 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4771 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4772 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4773 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4774 * to the host.
4775 *
4776 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4777 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4778 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4779 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4780 */
4781enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4782 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4783 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4784 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4785 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4786};
4787
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004788/**
4789 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4790 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4791 * handled by the AP is reached.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004792 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004793 */
4794enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4795 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4796 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4797};
4798
4799/**
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08004800 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4801 *
4802 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4803 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4804 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4805 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4806 */
4807enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4808 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4809 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4810 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4811 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4812};
4813
4814/**
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004815 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4816 *
4817 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4818 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4819 * requests.
4820 *
4821 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4822 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4823 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4824 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4825 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4826 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4827 * when really needed
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004828 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4829 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4830 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4832 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4833 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4834 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4835 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4836 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004837 */
4838enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4839 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
4840 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
4841 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004842 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004843};
4844
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004845/**
4846 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4847 *
4848 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4849 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4850 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4851 *
4852 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4853 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4854 * in ACL to authenticate.
4855 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4856 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4857 */
4858enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4859 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4860 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4861};
4862
4863/**
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004864 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4865 *
4866 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4867 *
4868 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4869 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4870 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4871 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4872 */
4873enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4874 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4875 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4876 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4877
4878 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4879 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4880};
4881
4882/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004883 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4884 *
4885 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4886 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4887 *
4888 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4889 * now unusable.
4890 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4891 * the channel is now available.
4892 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4893 * change to the channel status.
4894 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4895 * over, channel becomes usable.
4896 */
4897enum nl80211_radar_event {
4898 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
4899 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
4900 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
4901 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
4902};
4903
4904/**
4905 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
4906 *
4907 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
4908 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004909 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004910 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004911 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004912 * is therefore marked as not available.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004913 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004914 */
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004915enum nl80211_dfs_state {
4916 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
4917 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
4918 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
4919};
4920
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004921/**
4922 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
4923 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
4924 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
4925 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
4926 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
4927 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
4928 */
4929enum nl80211_protocol_features {
4930 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
4931};
4932
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07004933/**
4934 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
4935 *
4936 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
4937 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
4938 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
4939 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
4940 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
4941 */
4942enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
4943 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
4944 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
4945 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
4946 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
4947 /* add other protocols before this one */
4948 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
4949};
4950
4951/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
4952#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
4953
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004954/**
4955 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
4956 *
4957 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
4958 *
4959 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
4960 */
4961enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
4962 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
4963};
4964
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004965/*
4966 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
4967 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
4968 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
4969 */
4970#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
4971
4972/**
4973 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
4974 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
4975 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
4976 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
4977 * added to this file when needed.
4978 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
4979 */
4980struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
4981 __u32 vendor_id;
4982 __u32 subcmd;
4983};
4984
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07004985/**
4986 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
4987 *
4988 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
4989 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
4990 *
4991 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
4992 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
4993 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
4994 */
4995enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
4996 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
4997 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
4998 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
4999};
5000
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08005001/**
5002 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5003 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5004 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5005 * seconds (u32).
5006 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5007 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5008 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5009 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5010 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5011 * currently defined
5012 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5013 */
5014enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5015 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5016 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5017 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5018
5019 /* keep last */
5020 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5021 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5022 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5023};
5024
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005025/**
5026 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5027 *
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08005028 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5029 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5030 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005031 */
5032struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5033 __u8 band;
5034 __s8 delta;
5035} __attribute__((packed));
5036
5037/**
5038 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5039 *
5040 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5041 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5042 * is requested.
5043 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5044 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5045 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5046 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5047 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5048 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5049 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5050 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5051 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5052 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5053 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5054 *
5055 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5056 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5057 * which the driver shall use.
5058 */
5059enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5060 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5061 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5062 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5063 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5064
5065 /* keep last */
5066 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5067 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5068};
5069
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005070/**
5071 * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration
5072 *
5073 * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation
5074 *
5075 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode
5076 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode
5077 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode
5078 */
5079enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf {
5080 NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT = 1 << 0,
5081 NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ = 1 << 1,
5082 NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ = 1 << 2,
5083};
5084
5085/**
5086 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5087 *
5088 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5089 *
5090 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5091 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5092 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5093 */
5094enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5095 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5096 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5097 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5098
5099 /* keep last */
5100 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5101 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5102};
5103
5104/**
5105 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5106 *
5107 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5108 *
5109 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5110 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5111 */
5112enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5113 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5114 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5115};
5116
5117/**
5118 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5119 *
5120 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5121 *
5122 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5123 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5124 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5125 */
5126enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5127 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5128 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5129 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5130};
5131
5132#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5133#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5134#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5135
5136/**
5137 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5138 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5139 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5140 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5141 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5142 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5143 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5144 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5145 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5146 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5147 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5148 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5149 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5150 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5151 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5152 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5153 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5154 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5155 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5156 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5157 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5158 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5159 * This is a flag.
5160 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5161 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5162 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5163 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5164 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5165 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5166 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5167 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5168 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5169 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5170 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5171 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5172 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5173 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5174 *
5175 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5176 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5177 */
5178enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5179 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5180 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5181 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5182 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5183 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5184 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5185 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5186 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5187 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5188 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5189 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5190 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5191 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5192 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5193 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5194 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5195 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5196
5197 /* keep last */
5198 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5199 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5200};
5201
5202/**
5203 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5204 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5205 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5206 * This is a flag.
5207 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5208 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5209 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5210 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5211 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5212 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5213 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5214 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5215 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5216 */
5217enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5218 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5219 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5220 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5221 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5222 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5223
5224 /* keep last */
5225 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5226 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5227};
5228
5229/**
5230 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5231 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5232 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5233 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5234 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5235 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5236 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5237 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5238 *
5239 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5240 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5241 */
5242enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5243 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5244 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5245 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5246
5247 /* keep last */
5248 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5249 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5250};
5251
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07005252#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */